1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
163 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
164 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
165 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
168 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
169 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
170 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
172 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
173 Information instructions. The register number, offset
174 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
175 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
177 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
179 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
185 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
187 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
188 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
189 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
190 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
196 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
197 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
198 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
200 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
206 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
207 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
208 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
209 of this structure. */
210 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
212 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
213 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
215 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
218 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
219 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
220 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
221 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
222 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
224 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
227 const char *dw_fde_begin;
228 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
229 const char *dw_fde_end;
230 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
232 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
234 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
235 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
236 unsigned funcdef_number;
237 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
238 unsigned nothrow : 1;
239 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
243 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
244 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
246 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
247 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
248 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
249 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
251 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
252 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
255 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
256 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
257 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
260 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
261 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
264 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
265 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
266 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
269 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
270 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
272 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
273 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
276 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
278 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
279 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
280 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
282 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
283 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
284 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
285 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
287 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
291 /* CIE identifier. */
292 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
293 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
294 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
296 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
299 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
300 information for each routine. */
301 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
303 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
304 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
306 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
307 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
309 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
311 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
313 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
314 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
316 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
317 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
318 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
319 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
320 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
321 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
324 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
327 unsigned int refcount;
332 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
334 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
335 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
337 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
339 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
341 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
342 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
343 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
344 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
345 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
346 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
347 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
348 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
349 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
350 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
351 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
352 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
353 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
354 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
355 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
356 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
358 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
359 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
360 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
361 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
362 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
363 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
364 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
366 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
367 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
368 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
371 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
372 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
373 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
375 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
376 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
379 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
380 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
383 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
384 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
387 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
388 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
390 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
391 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
392 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
393 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
394 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
395 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
397 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
399 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
401 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
402 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
406 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
408 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
412 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
413 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
414 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
415 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
418 /* Hook used by __throw. */
421 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
423 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
424 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
427 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
428 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
431 stripattributes (const char *s)
433 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
438 while (*s && *s != ',')
445 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
448 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
451 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
452 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
453 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
454 bool wrote_return_column = false;
456 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
458 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
460 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
462 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
463 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
466 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
467 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
468 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
470 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
472 wrote_return_column = true;
474 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
478 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
479 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
483 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
484 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
485 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
486 wrote_return_column = false;
488 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
491 if (! wrote_return_column)
493 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
494 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
495 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
500 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
503 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
507 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
508 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
510 return "DW_CFA_offset";
512 return "DW_CFA_restore";
516 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
517 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
518 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
519 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
520 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
522 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
523 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
524 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
525 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
526 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
527 case DW_CFA_undefined:
528 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
529 case DW_CFA_same_value:
530 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
531 case DW_CFA_register:
532 return "DW_CFA_register";
533 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
534 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
535 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
536 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
538 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
539 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
540 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
542 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
547 case DW_CFA_expression:
548 return "DW_CFA_expression";
549 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
550 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
554 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
556 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
557 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
558 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
561 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
562 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
563 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
564 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
565 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
566 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
569 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
573 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
575 static inline dw_cfi_ref
578 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
580 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
581 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
582 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
587 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
590 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
594 /* Find the end of the chain. */
595 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
601 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
604 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
606 static char label[20];
608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
613 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
614 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
617 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
621 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
624 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
626 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
627 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
631 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
633 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
635 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
636 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
637 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
640 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
644 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
647 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
650 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
652 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
654 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
655 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
657 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
659 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
662 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
665 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
666 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
668 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
669 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
671 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
673 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
674 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
681 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
684 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
688 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
691 loc->base_offset = 0;
693 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
694 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
696 if (fde_table_in_use)
698 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
699 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
700 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
704 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
707 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
711 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
714 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
715 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
717 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
718 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
719 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
722 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
729 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
732 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
735 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
737 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
738 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
739 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
740 && (loc1->indirect == 0
741 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
744 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
745 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
748 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
751 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
756 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
757 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
759 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
760 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
762 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
763 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
768 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
770 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
771 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
774 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
775 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
777 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
778 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
783 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
787 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
788 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
789 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
792 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
793 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
794 offset has not changed. */
795 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
796 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
800 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
802 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
803 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
804 the specified offset. */
807 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
808 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
810 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
811 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
812 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
816 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
818 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
823 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
824 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
825 register-offset pair is available. */
826 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
828 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
829 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
830 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
833 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
836 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
837 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
838 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
839 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
842 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
844 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
846 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
848 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
851 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
853 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
855 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
857 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
859 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
860 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
861 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
863 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
865 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
868 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
870 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
872 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
874 else if (sreg == reg)
875 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
878 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
879 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
882 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
885 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
886 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
887 from the previous frame's window save area.
889 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
890 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
893 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
895 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
897 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
898 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
901 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
902 pushed onto the stack. */
905 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
909 if (size == old_args_size)
912 old_args_size = size;
915 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
916 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
917 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
920 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
921 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
924 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
929 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
930 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
933 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
935 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
938 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
939 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
942 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
944 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
947 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
948 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
951 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
953 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
954 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
956 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
959 /* RA is in a register. */
960 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
964 /* RA is on the stack. */
966 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
969 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
974 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
975 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
979 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
980 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
990 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
991 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
992 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
993 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
994 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1001 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1002 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1005 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1008 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1009 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1011 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1012 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1013 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1016 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1018 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1019 code = GET_CODE (src);
1020 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1021 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1022 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1025 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1029 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1031 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1032 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1033 code = GET_CODE (src);
1039 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1041 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1042 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1043 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1044 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1045 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1052 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1054 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1061 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1063 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1078 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1079 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1080 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1083 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1085 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1089 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1090 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1091 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1092 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1093 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1096 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1098 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1099 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1100 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1101 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1102 offset = -args_size;
1107 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1108 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1109 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1110 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1112 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1114 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1115 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1116 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1118 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1123 /* We handle this separately because we want stack adjustments in a
1124 CALL_INSN to be handled. */;
1125 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1127 /* If only calls can throw, adjust args_size only at call sites. */
1128 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1129 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1135 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1136 cfa.offset += offset;
1138 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1142 args_size += offset;
1146 /* If only calls can throw and we have a frame pointer, we'll save
1147 up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. We used to return
1148 early and derive args_size from NARGS in the CALL_INSN itself,
1149 but that doesn't compute the right value if we have nested call
1150 expansions, e.g., stack adjustments for a call have already been
1151 emitted, and then we issue another call to compute an argument
1152 for the enclosing call (i.e., bar (foo ())). */
1153 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1156 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1157 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1158 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1159 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1164 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1165 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1166 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1168 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1170 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1172 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1176 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1178 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1179 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1184 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1185 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1186 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1187 more efficient data structure. */
1188 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1189 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1191 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1192 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1194 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1195 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1198 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1200 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1202 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1203 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1205 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1206 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1211 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1212 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1213 queued_reg_saves = q;
1217 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1218 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1220 last_reg_save_label = label;
1223 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1226 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1228 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1230 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1233 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1235 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1236 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1238 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1240 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1241 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1243 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1245 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1246 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1249 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1251 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1253 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1254 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1257 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1258 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1261 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1262 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1263 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1264 have a new location for? */
1267 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1269 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1271 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1274 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1276 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1277 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1278 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1285 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1288 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1291 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1293 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1294 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1296 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1298 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1299 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1301 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1302 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1304 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1305 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1306 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1309 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1312 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1314 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1316 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1318 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1319 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1322 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1323 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1324 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1325 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1331 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1332 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1333 value, not an offset. */
1334 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1336 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1337 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1338 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1339 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1341 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1342 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1343 users need not read the source code.
1345 The High-Level Picture
1347 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1348 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1349 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1350 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1351 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1353 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1354 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1355 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1356 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1357 saves. This also seems to work.
1359 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1360 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1361 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1362 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1363 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1364 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1365 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1366 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1367 value as in the caller.
1369 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1370 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1371 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1372 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1374 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1377 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1379 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1380 consists of a register and an offset.
1381 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1382 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1383 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1384 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1385 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1386 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1387 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1389 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1390 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1391 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1394 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1395 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1396 and cfa_temp.offset.
1398 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1401 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1402 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1403 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1407 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1408 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1411 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1412 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1413 cfa.offset unchanged
1414 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1415 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1418 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1419 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1420 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1421 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1422 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1423 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1426 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1427 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1428 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1431 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1432 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1434 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1435 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1436 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1439 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1440 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1442 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1446 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1447 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1448 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1451 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1452 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1456 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1460 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1461 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1462 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1465 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1466 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1467 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1469 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1472 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1473 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1474 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1476 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1479 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1482 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1483 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1486 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1487 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1488 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1491 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1492 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1493 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1494 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1497 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1498 Â effects: target-dependent */
1501 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1504 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1506 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1507 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1508 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1509 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1510 flag is set in them. */
1511 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1514 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1516 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1517 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1518 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1520 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1525 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1527 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1528 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1532 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1537 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1540 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1542 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1544 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1547 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1548 relative to the current CFA register.
1550 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1551 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1552 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1553 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1554 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1555 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1556 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1560 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1561 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1562 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1563 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1564 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1565 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1572 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1576 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1579 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1582 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1584 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1590 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1592 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1593 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1594 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1596 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1597 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1600 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1602 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1604 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1605 cfa.offset += offset;
1606 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1607 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1609 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1612 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1613 or adjusting the FP */
1614 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1616 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1617 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1618 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1619 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1620 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1622 cfa.offset += offset;
1623 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1627 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1630 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1631 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1632 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1634 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1635 into the FP later on. */
1636 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1637 cfa.offset += offset;
1638 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1639 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1640 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1641 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1645 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1646 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1647 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1649 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1650 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1651 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1652 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1653 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1657 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1660 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1661 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1670 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1671 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1676 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1677 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1678 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1680 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1681 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1682 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1685 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1686 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1693 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1694 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1695 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1702 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1706 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1708 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1710 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1715 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1716 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1718 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1720 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1721 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1723 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1724 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1725 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1727 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1733 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1734 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1737 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1738 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1740 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1741 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1742 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1744 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1748 /* With an offset. */
1755 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1756 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1757 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1758 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1761 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1763 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1764 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1767 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1768 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1774 /* Without an offset. */
1777 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1779 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1780 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1783 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1784 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1791 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1792 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1793 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1794 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1801 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1802 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1803 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1805 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1807 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1809 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1810 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1812 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1813 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1818 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1819 calculate the CFA. */
1820 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1824 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1826 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1827 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1829 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1834 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1835 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1843 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1844 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1845 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1847 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1848 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1851 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1856 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1860 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1861 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1863 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1866 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1868 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1871 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1873 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1875 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1876 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1878 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1882 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1883 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1885 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1887 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1888 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1892 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1893 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1895 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1897 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1899 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1904 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1905 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1906 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1908 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1909 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1914 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1917 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1918 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1919 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1920 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1921 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1922 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1925 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1927 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1929 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1930 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1931 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1933 case DW_CFA_register:
1934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1937 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1938 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1939 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1942 case DW_CFA_expression:
1943 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1950 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1951 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1952 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1954 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1955 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1959 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1960 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1962 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1963 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1964 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1966 case DW_CFA_register:
1967 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1970 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1974 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1976 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1977 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1981 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1985 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1986 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
1990 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
1996 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
1998 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2000 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2002 flags = ((! flag_pic
2003 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2004 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2005 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2006 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2007 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2008 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2009 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2012 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2013 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2017 if (eh_frame_section)
2018 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2021 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2022 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2023 switch_to_section (data_section);
2024 label = get_file_function_name ('F');
2025 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2026 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2027 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2028 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2032 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2035 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2038 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2040 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2041 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2042 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2043 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2045 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2047 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2054 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2059 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2061 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2063 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2065 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2066 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2067 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2070 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2071 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2074 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2075 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2076 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2077 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2080 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2081 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2082 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2083 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2086 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2087 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2088 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2089 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2092 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2093 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2094 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2095 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2098 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2099 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2100 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2101 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2102 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2105 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2106 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2107 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2109 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2112 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2113 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2114 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2115 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2116 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2120 case DW_CFA_register:
2121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2128 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2132 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2136 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2139 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2140 case DW_CFA_expression:
2141 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2144 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2145 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2154 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2155 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2156 location of saved registers. */
2159 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2164 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2165 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2166 char augmentation[6];
2167 int augmentation_size;
2168 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2169 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2170 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2173 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2174 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2177 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2178 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2179 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2180 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2181 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2182 specialization doesn't. */
2183 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2184 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2186 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2187 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2188 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2189 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2190 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2191 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2193 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2194 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2195 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2196 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2199 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2201 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2202 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2203 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2204 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2205 any_eh_needed = true;
2206 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2207 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2208 any_eh_needed = true;
2210 if (! any_eh_needed)
2214 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2219 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2222 if (!debug_frame_section)
2223 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2224 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2225 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2229 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2231 /* Output the CIE. */
2232 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2233 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2234 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2235 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2236 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2237 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2238 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2239 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2241 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2242 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2243 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2244 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2245 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2249 augmentation[0] = 0;
2250 augmentation_size = 0;
2256 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2257 augmentation section.
2258 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2259 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2260 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2262 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2263 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2265 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2266 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2267 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2269 p = augmentation + 1;
2270 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2273 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2275 if (any_lsda_needed)
2278 augmentation_size += 1;
2280 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2283 augmentation_size += 1;
2285 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2287 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2291 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2292 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2294 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2296 + 1 /* CIE version */
2297 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2298 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2299 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2301 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2302 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2303 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2305 augmentation_size += pad;
2307 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2308 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2309 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2313 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2315 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2316 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2318 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2319 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2320 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2324 if (augmentation[0])
2326 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2327 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2330 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2331 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2332 eh_personality_libfunc,
2336 if (any_lsda_needed)
2337 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2338 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2340 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2342 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2345 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2346 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2348 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2349 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2350 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2351 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2353 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2354 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2356 fde = &fde_table[i];
2358 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2359 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2360 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2361 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2362 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2365 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2366 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2367 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2369 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2370 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2371 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2372 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2374 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2377 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2379 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2380 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2384 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2385 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2386 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2389 "FDE initial location");
2390 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2392 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2393 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2394 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2395 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2396 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2397 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2398 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2399 "FDE initial location");
2400 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2401 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2402 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2403 "FDE address range");
2404 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2405 "FDE initial location");
2406 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2407 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2408 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2409 "FDE address range");
2412 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2413 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2414 "FDE address range");
2418 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2419 "FDE initial location");
2420 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2422 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2423 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2424 "FDE initial location");
2425 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2426 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2427 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2428 "FDE address range");
2429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2430 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2431 "FDE initial location");
2432 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2433 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2434 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2435 "FDE address range");
2438 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2439 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2440 "FDE address range");
2443 if (augmentation[0])
2445 if (any_lsda_needed)
2447 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2449 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2451 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2452 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2453 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2454 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2455 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2458 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2463 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2466 fde->funcdef_number);
2467 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2468 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2469 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2473 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2474 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2476 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2477 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2484 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2486 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2487 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2488 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2490 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2491 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2492 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2496 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2497 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2498 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2499 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2500 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2501 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2504 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2509 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2513 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2514 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2516 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2520 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2522 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2523 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2524 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2526 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2527 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2530 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2534 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2535 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2536 current_function_funcdef_no);
2537 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2538 current_function_funcdef_no);
2539 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2540 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2542 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2543 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2544 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2548 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2549 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2551 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2552 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2553 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2554 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2555 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2558 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2559 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2561 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2562 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2563 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2564 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2565 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2566 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2567 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2568 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2569 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2570 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2571 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2572 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2573 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2574 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2575 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2576 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2578 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2580 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2581 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2582 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2584 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2588 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2589 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2593 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2594 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2597 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2599 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2602 current_function_funcdef_no);
2603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2604 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2605 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2609 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2611 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2612 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2613 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2614 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2616 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2617 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2619 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2620 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2622 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2623 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2624 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2629 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2631 /* Output call frame information. */
2632 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2633 output_call_frame_info (0);
2635 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2636 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2637 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2638 output_call_frame_info (1);
2643 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2644 for emitting location expressions. */
2646 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2647 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2648 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2651 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2652 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2653 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2654 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2656 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2657 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2658 implementation are listed below. */
2663 dw_val_class_offset,
2665 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2666 dw_val_class_range_list,
2668 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2669 dw_val_class_long_long,
2672 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2673 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2674 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2675 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2680 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2681 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2683 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2690 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2692 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2694 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2700 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2701 represented internally. */
2703 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2705 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2706 union dw_val_struct_union
2708 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2709 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2710 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2711 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2712 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2713 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2714 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2715 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2716 struct dw_val_die_union
2720 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2721 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2722 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2723 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2724 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2726 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2730 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2733 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2735 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2736 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2737 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2738 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2743 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2744 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2745 their entire life. */
2746 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2748 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2749 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2750 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2751 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2752 Only on head of list */
2753 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2754 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2757 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2759 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2760 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2761 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2762 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2763 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2764 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2765 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2766 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2768 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2771 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2776 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2777 return "DW_OP_addr";
2779 return "DW_OP_deref";
2781 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2783 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2785 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2787 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2789 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2791 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2793 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2795 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2797 return "DW_OP_constu";
2799 return "DW_OP_consts";
2803 return "DW_OP_drop";
2805 return "DW_OP_over";
2807 return "DW_OP_pick";
2809 return "DW_OP_swap";
2813 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2821 return "DW_OP_minus";
2833 return "DW_OP_plus";
2834 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2835 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2841 return "DW_OP_shra";
2859 return "DW_OP_skip";
2861 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2863 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2865 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2867 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2869 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2871 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2873 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2875 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2877 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2879 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2897 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2899 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2925 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2927 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2929 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2931 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2933 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2935 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2937 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2939 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2941 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2943 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2961 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2963 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2989 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2991 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2993 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2995 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2997 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2999 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3001 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3003 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3005 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3007 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3025 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3027 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3053 return "DW_OP_regx";
3055 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3057 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3059 return "DW_OP_piece";
3060 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3061 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3062 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3063 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3066 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3067 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3069 return "DW_OP_call2";
3071 return "DW_OP_call4";
3072 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3073 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3074 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3075 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3077 return "OP_<unknown>";
3081 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3082 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3083 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3085 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3086 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3087 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3089 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3091 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3092 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3093 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3094 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3095 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3100 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3103 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3105 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3107 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3108 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3114 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3116 static unsigned long
3117 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3119 unsigned long size = 1;
3121 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3124 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3125 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3144 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3147 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3152 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3153 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3191 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3194 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3197 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3200 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3201 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3204 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3206 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3207 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3216 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3217 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3226 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3228 static unsigned long
3229 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3233 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3235 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3236 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3242 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3245 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3247 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3248 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3250 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3252 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3254 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3258 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3262 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3266 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3267 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3274 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3275 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3277 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3290 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3291 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3292 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3293 only doing unwinding. */
3298 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3301 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3304 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3307 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3309 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3310 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3344 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3347 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3350 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3354 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3357 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3359 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3360 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3364 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3365 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3367 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3370 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3377 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3382 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3385 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3387 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3389 /* Output the opcode. */
3390 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3391 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3393 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3394 output_loc_operands (loc);
3398 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3399 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3402 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3404 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3407 /* Output the size of the block. */
3408 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3409 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3412 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3413 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3416 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3417 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3420 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3421 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3423 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3425 offset += cfa->offset;
3429 if (cfa->base_offset)
3432 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3434 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3436 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3437 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3439 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3441 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3442 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3443 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3446 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3447 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3454 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3456 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3457 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3458 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3460 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3466 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3467 descriptor sequence. */
3470 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3472 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3474 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3478 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3480 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3516 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3519 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3553 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3554 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3557 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3558 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3563 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3564 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3567 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3568 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3572 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3574 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3575 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3577 /* .debug_str support. */
3578 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3580 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3581 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3582 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3583 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3584 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3585 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3586 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3587 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3588 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3589 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3590 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3591 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3592 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3593 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3594 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3595 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3597 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3599 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3605 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3606 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3607 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3608 dwarf2out_end_block,
3609 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3610 dwarf2out_source_line,
3611 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3612 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3613 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3614 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3615 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3616 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3617 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3618 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3619 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3620 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3621 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3622 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3623 something tries to reference them. */
3624 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3625 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3626 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3627 dwarf2out_var_location,
3628 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3629 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3633 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3634 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3635 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3637 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3638 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3639 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3640 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3642 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3643 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3645 typedef long int dw_offset;
3647 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3649 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3650 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3651 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3652 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3653 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3655 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3656 line number associated with the label generated for that
3657 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3658 the line number entry. */
3660 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3662 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3663 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3667 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3669 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3671 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3672 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3673 unsigned long function;
3675 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3677 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3678 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3679 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3681 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3683 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3684 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3688 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3689 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3691 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3693 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3695 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3697 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3698 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3699 dw_die_ref die_child;
3701 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3702 dw_offset die_offset;
3703 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3705 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3706 int die_perennial_p;
3707 unsigned int decl_id;
3711 /* The pubname structure */
3713 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3720 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3725 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3726 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3730 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3734 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3735 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3736 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3739 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3740 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3742 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3743 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3744 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3745 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3746 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3747 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3749 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3750 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3751 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3752 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3753 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3754 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3755 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3756 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3757 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3758 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3760 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3761 language, and compiler version. */
3763 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3764 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3765 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3767 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3768 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3770 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3771 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3772 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3773 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3774 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3776 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3777 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3778 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3779 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3780 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3781 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3783 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3784 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3785 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3786 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3788 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3792 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3793 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3794 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3796 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3797 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3799 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3800 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3802 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3803 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3804 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3805 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3806 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3808 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3809 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3810 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3811 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3814 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3815 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3817 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3818 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3820 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3821 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3822 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3823 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3825 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3826 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3827 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3829 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3830 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3832 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3833 const char * GTY (()) label;
3834 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3835 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3838 /* Variable location list. */
3839 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3841 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3843 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3844 it is marked through the chain. */
3845 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3847 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3848 unsigned int decl_id;
3850 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3853 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3854 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3856 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3857 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3858 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3859 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3860 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3862 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3863 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3865 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3866 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3868 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3869 abbrev_die_table. */
3870 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3872 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3873 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3874 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3875 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3877 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3878 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3880 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3881 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3883 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3884 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3886 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3887 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3888 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3889 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3891 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3892 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3894 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3895 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3897 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3899 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3901 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3902 accessible names. */
3903 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3905 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3906 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3908 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3909 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3911 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3913 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3915 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3916 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3918 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3919 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3921 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3922 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3924 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3926 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3928 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3929 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3931 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3932 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3934 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3935 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3937 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3939 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3941 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3942 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3944 /* Unique label counter. */
3945 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3947 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3948 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3949 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3951 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3952 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3955 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3956 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3958 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3959 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3961 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3963 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3964 within the current function. */
3965 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
3967 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3969 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3970 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3971 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3972 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3973 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3974 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3975 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3976 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3977 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3978 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3979 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3980 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3981 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3982 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3983 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3984 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3985 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3986 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3988 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3989 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3990 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3991 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3992 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3993 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3994 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3995 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3996 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3997 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3998 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3999 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4000 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4001 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4002 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4003 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4005 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4006 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4007 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4008 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4009 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4010 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4011 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4012 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4013 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4015 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4016 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4017 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4018 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4019 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4020 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4021 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4022 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4023 static bool is_c_family (void);
4024 static bool is_cxx (void);
4025 static bool is_java (void);
4026 static bool is_fortran (void);
4027 static bool is_ada (void);
4028 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4029 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4030 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4031 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4032 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4033 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4034 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4035 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4036 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4037 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4038 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4039 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4040 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4041 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4042 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4043 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4044 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4045 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
4046 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4047 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4048 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4049 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4050 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4051 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4052 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4053 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4054 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4055 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4056 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4057 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4058 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4059 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4060 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4061 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4062 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4063 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4064 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4065 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4066 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4067 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4068 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4069 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4070 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4071 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4072 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4073 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4074 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4075 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4076 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4077 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4078 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4079 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4080 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4081 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4082 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4083 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4084 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4085 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4086 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4087 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4088 static void output_pubnames (void);
4089 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4090 static void output_aranges (void);
4091 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4092 static void output_ranges (void);
4093 static void output_line_info (void);
4094 static void output_file_names (void);
4095 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4096 static tree root_type (tree);
4097 static int is_base_type (tree);
4098 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4099 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4100 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4101 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4102 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4103 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4104 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4105 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4106 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4107 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4108 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4109 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4110 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4111 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4112 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4113 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4114 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4115 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4116 static tree field_type (tree);
4117 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4118 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4119 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4120 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4121 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4123 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4124 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4125 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4126 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4127 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4128 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4129 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4130 enum dwarf_attribute);
4131 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4132 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4133 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4134 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4135 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4136 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4137 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4138 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4139 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4140 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4141 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4142 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4143 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4144 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4145 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4146 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4147 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4148 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4149 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4150 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4151 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4152 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4154 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4156 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4158 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4160 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4161 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4162 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4163 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4164 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4165 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4166 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4167 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4168 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4169 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4170 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4171 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4172 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4173 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4174 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4175 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4176 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4177 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4178 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4179 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4180 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4181 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4182 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4183 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4184 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4185 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4186 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4187 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4188 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4189 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4190 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4191 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4192 static void init_file_table (void);
4193 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4194 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4195 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4196 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4197 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4198 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4199 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4200 const char *, const char *,
4202 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4203 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4205 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4206 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4207 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4208 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4209 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4210 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4211 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4213 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4214 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4215 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4217 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4218 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4220 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4221 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4223 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4224 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4226 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4227 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4229 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4230 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4232 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4233 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4235 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4236 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4238 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4239 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4242 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4243 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4244 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4247 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4248 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4249 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4250 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4253 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4254 the section names themselves. */
4256 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4257 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4259 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4260 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4262 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4263 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4265 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4266 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4268 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4269 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4271 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4272 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4274 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4275 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4277 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4278 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4281 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4282 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4283 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4284 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4285 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4287 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4288 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4289 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4290 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4291 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4292 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4293 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4294 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4295 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4296 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4298 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4299 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4301 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4302 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4304 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4305 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4307 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4308 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4310 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4311 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4313 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4314 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4317 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4318 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4320 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4323 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4325 demangle_name_func = func;
4328 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4331 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4333 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4334 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4335 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4338 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4342 type_main_variant (tree type)
4344 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4346 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4347 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4348 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4349 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4351 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4352 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4353 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4358 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4361 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4363 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4365 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4366 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4369 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4372 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4376 case DW_TAG_padding:
4377 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4378 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4379 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4380 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4381 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4382 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4383 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4384 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4385 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4386 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4387 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4388 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4389 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4391 return "DW_TAG_label";
4392 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4393 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4395 return "DW_TAG_member";
4396 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4397 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4398 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4399 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4400 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4401 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4402 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4403 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4404 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4405 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4406 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4407 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4408 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4409 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4410 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4411 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4412 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4413 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4414 case DW_TAG_variant:
4415 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4416 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4417 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4418 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4419 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4420 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4421 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4422 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4423 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4425 return "DW_TAG_module";
4426 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4427 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4428 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4429 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4430 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4431 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4432 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4433 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4434 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4435 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4436 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4437 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4438 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4439 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4440 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4441 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4442 case DW_TAG_constant:
4443 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4444 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4445 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4446 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4447 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4449 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4450 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4451 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4452 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4453 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4454 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4455 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4456 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4457 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4458 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4459 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4460 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4461 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4462 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4463 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4464 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4465 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4466 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4467 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4468 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4469 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4470 case DW_TAG_variable:
4471 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4472 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4473 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4474 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4475 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4476 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4477 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4478 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4479 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4480 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4481 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4482 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4483 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4484 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4485 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4486 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4487 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4489 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4493 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4496 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4501 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4502 case DW_AT_location:
4503 return "DW_AT_location";
4505 return "DW_AT_name";
4506 case DW_AT_ordering:
4507 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4508 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4509 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4510 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4511 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4512 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4513 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4514 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4515 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4516 case DW_AT_element_list:
4517 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4518 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4519 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4521 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4523 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4524 case DW_AT_language:
4525 return "DW_AT_language";
4527 return "DW_AT_member";
4529 return "DW_AT_discr";
4530 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4531 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4532 case DW_AT_visibility:
4533 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4535 return "DW_AT_import";
4536 case DW_AT_string_length:
4537 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4538 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4539 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4540 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4541 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4542 case DW_AT_const_value:
4543 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4544 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4545 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4546 case DW_AT_default_value:
4547 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4549 return "DW_AT_inline";
4550 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4551 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4552 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4553 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4554 case DW_AT_producer:
4555 return "DW_AT_producer";
4556 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4557 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4558 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4559 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4560 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4561 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4562 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4563 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4564 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4565 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4566 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4567 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4568 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4569 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4570 case DW_AT_address_class:
4571 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4572 case DW_AT_artificial:
4573 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4574 case DW_AT_base_types:
4575 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4576 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4577 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4579 return "DW_AT_count";
4580 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4581 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4582 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4583 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4584 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4585 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4586 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4587 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4588 case DW_AT_declaration:
4589 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4590 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4591 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4592 case DW_AT_encoding:
4593 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4594 case DW_AT_external:
4595 return "DW_AT_external";
4596 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4597 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4599 return "DW_AT_friend";
4600 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4601 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4602 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4603 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4604 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4605 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4606 case DW_AT_priority:
4607 return "DW_AT_priority";
4609 return "DW_AT_segment";
4610 case DW_AT_specification:
4611 return "DW_AT_specification";
4612 case DW_AT_static_link:
4613 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4615 return "DW_AT_type";
4616 case DW_AT_use_location:
4617 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4618 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4619 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4620 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4621 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4622 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4623 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4625 case DW_AT_allocated:
4626 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4627 case DW_AT_associated:
4628 return "DW_AT_associated";
4629 case DW_AT_data_location:
4630 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4632 return "DW_AT_stride";
4633 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4634 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4635 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4636 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4637 case DW_AT_extension:
4638 return "DW_AT_extension";
4640 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4641 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4642 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4643 case DW_AT_call_column:
4644 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4645 case DW_AT_call_file:
4646 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4647 case DW_AT_call_line:
4648 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4650 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4651 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4652 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4653 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4654 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4655 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4656 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4657 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4658 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4659 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4660 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4661 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4662 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4663 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4664 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4665 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4666 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4667 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4668 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4669 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4670 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4671 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4673 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4674 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4675 case DW_AT_src_info:
4676 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4677 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4678 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4679 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4680 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4681 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4682 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4683 case DW_AT_body_end:
4684 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4685 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4686 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4688 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4689 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4692 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4696 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4699 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4704 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4705 case DW_FORM_block2:
4706 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4707 case DW_FORM_block4:
4708 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4710 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4712 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4714 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4715 case DW_FORM_string:
4716 return "DW_FORM_string";
4718 return "DW_FORM_block";
4719 case DW_FORM_block1:
4720 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4722 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4724 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4726 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4728 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4730 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4731 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4732 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4734 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4736 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4738 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4740 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4741 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4742 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4743 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4744 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4746 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4750 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4751 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4752 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4753 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4757 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4759 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4762 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4763 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4764 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4765 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4768 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4769 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4770 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4772 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4775 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4776 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4777 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4778 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4782 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4784 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4786 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4787 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4788 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4789 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4792 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4797 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4801 ret_val = lookahead;
4802 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4803 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4805 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4807 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4808 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4809 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4810 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4811 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4812 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4813 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4814 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4820 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4821 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4825 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4827 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4829 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4830 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4832 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4833 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4835 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4836 context = NULL_TREE;
4841 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4842 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4845 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4847 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4851 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4852 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4853 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4856 static inline enum dw_val_class
4857 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4859 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4862 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4865 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4869 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4870 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4871 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4872 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4875 static inline unsigned
4876 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4878 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4879 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4882 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4885 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4889 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4890 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4891 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4892 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4895 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4896 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4898 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4899 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4902 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4905 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4906 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4910 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4911 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4912 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4913 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4916 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4917 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4919 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4920 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4923 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4926 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4927 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4931 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4932 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4933 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4934 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4935 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4938 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4941 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4942 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4946 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4947 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4948 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4949 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4950 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4951 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4954 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4957 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4959 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4963 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4965 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4966 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4969 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4972 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4975 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4978 if (! debug_str_hash)
4979 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4980 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4982 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4983 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4985 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4986 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4987 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4990 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4991 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4992 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4993 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4996 static inline const char *
4997 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4999 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5000 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5003 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5004 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5007 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5009 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5013 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5015 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5019 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5021 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5022 always better to put it inline. */
5023 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5024 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5026 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5027 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5029 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5030 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5031 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5034 ++dw2_string_counter;
5035 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5037 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5040 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5043 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5047 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5048 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5049 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5050 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5051 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5054 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5055 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5058 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5060 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5061 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5062 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5065 static inline dw_die_ref
5066 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5068 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5069 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5073 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5075 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5076 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5082 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5084 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5085 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5088 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5091 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5095 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5096 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5097 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5098 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5101 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5104 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5108 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5109 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5110 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5111 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5114 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5115 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5117 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5118 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5122 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5126 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5127 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5128 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5129 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5130 have_location_lists = true;
5133 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5134 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5136 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5137 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5140 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5143 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5147 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5148 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5149 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5150 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5154 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5156 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5157 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5160 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5163 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5167 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5168 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5169 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5170 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5173 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5174 debug_line section. */
5177 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5182 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5183 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5184 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5185 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5188 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5189 debug_macinfo section. */
5192 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5197 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5198 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5199 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5200 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5203 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5206 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5207 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5211 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5212 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5213 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5214 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5217 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5220 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5221 long unsigned int offset)
5225 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5226 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5227 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5228 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5231 static inline const char *
5232 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5234 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5235 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5236 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5237 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5240 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5243 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5247 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5252 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5253 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5255 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5256 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5260 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5265 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5266 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5267 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5269 static inline const char *
5270 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5272 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5274 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5277 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5278 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5279 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5281 static inline const char *
5282 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5284 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5286 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5289 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5290 NULL if it is not present. */
5292 static inline const char *
5293 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5295 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5297 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5300 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5301 if it is not present. */
5304 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5306 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5308 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5311 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5312 if it is not present. */
5314 static inline unsigned
5315 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5317 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5319 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5322 static inline dw_die_ref
5323 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5325 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5327 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5330 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5335 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5337 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5338 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5339 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5342 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5347 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5349 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5352 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5357 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5359 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5360 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5361 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5364 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5369 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5371 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5374 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5379 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5381 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5384 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5387 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5395 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5396 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5398 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5399 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5400 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5402 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5404 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5409 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5412 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5414 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5415 current = die->die_child;
5417 while (current != NULL)
5419 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5421 next = current->die_sib;
5423 die->die_child = next;
5425 prev->die_sib = next;
5431 current = current->die_sib;
5436 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5437 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5440 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5442 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5444 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5446 child_die->die_parent = die;
5447 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5448 die->die_child = child_die;
5452 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5453 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5456 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5460 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5461 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5462 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5464 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5470 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5471 || (child->die_parent
5472 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5474 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5477 *p = child->die_sib;
5481 child->die_parent = parent;
5482 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5483 parent->die_child = child;
5486 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5488 static inline dw_die_ref
5489 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5491 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5493 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5495 if (parent_die != NULL)
5496 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5499 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5501 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5502 limbo_node->die = die;
5503 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5504 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5505 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5511 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5513 static inline dw_die_ref
5514 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5516 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5519 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5522 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5524 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5527 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5530 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5532 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5535 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5538 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5540 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5543 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5545 static inline dw_die_ref
5546 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5548 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5551 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5554 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5556 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5559 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5563 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5565 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5568 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5570 static inline var_loc_list *
5571 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5573 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5576 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5579 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5581 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5584 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5586 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5589 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5592 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5594 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5598 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5601 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5602 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5610 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5611 we have nothing to do. */
5612 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5613 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5615 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5616 temp->last->next = loc;
5620 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5621 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5628 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5629 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5630 the DIE internal representation. */
5631 static int print_indent;
5633 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5636 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5638 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5641 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5642 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5645 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5651 print_spaces (outfile);
5652 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5653 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5654 print_spaces (outfile);
5655 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5656 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5658 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5660 print_spaces (outfile);
5661 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5663 switch (AT_class (a))
5665 case dw_val_class_addr:
5666 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5668 case dw_val_class_offset:
5669 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5671 case dw_val_class_loc:
5672 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5674 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5675 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5676 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5678 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5679 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5681 case dw_val_class_const:
5682 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5684 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5685 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5687 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5688 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5689 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5690 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5692 case dw_val_class_vec:
5693 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5695 case dw_val_class_flag:
5696 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5698 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5699 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5701 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5702 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5704 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5707 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5709 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5710 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5711 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5712 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5714 case dw_val_class_str:
5715 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5716 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5718 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5724 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5727 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5730 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5731 print_die (c, outfile);
5735 if (print_indent == 0)
5736 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5739 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5740 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5743 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5746 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5748 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5749 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5751 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5752 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5753 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5754 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5755 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5756 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5759 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5762 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5765 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5767 print_die (die, stderr);
5770 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5771 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5777 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5778 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5779 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5782 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5783 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5784 they are in order of addition. */
5787 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5789 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5791 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5798 die->die_child = cp;
5801 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5802 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5803 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5804 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5805 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5808 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5812 reverse_die_lists (die);
5814 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5815 reverse_all_dies (c);
5818 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5819 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5820 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5823 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5825 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5826 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5828 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5832 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5835 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5837 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5839 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5843 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5844 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5846 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5849 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5851 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5852 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5853 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5856 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5859 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5861 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5864 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5866 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5867 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5868 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5869 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5870 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5873 switch (AT_class (at))
5875 case dw_val_class_const:
5876 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5878 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5879 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5881 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5882 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5884 case dw_val_class_vec:
5885 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5887 case dw_val_class_flag:
5888 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5890 case dw_val_class_str:
5891 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5894 case dw_val_class_addr:
5896 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5897 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5900 case dw_val_class_offset:
5901 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5904 case dw_val_class_loc:
5905 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5906 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5909 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5910 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5913 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5914 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5915 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5916 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5924 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5927 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5933 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5936 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5939 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5941 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5943 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5944 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5946 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5947 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5951 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5953 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5955 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5957 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5958 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5959 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5962 /* Do the values look the same? */
5964 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5966 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5969 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5972 switch (v1->val_class)
5974 case dw_val_class_const:
5975 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5976 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5977 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5978 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5979 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5980 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5981 case dw_val_class_vec:
5982 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5983 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5985 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5986 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5989 case dw_val_class_flag:
5990 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5991 case dw_val_class_str:
5992 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5994 case dw_val_class_addr:
5995 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5996 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5997 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5999 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6000 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6002 case dw_val_class_offset:
6003 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6005 case dw_val_class_loc:
6006 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6008 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6009 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6011 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6013 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6014 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6016 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6017 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6018 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6019 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6027 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6030 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6032 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6035 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6036 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
6037 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6038 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6039 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6042 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6045 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6048 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6054 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6056 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6057 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6059 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6062 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6063 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6066 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6067 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6070 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6072 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6073 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6081 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6084 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6087 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6089 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6090 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6095 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6097 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6099 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6100 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6102 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6103 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6106 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6108 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6109 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6110 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6113 unsigned char checksum[16];
6116 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6117 the name filename of the unit. */
6119 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6121 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6122 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6123 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6125 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6126 clean_symbol_name (name);
6128 p = name + strlen (name);
6129 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6131 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6135 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6136 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6139 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6142 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6144 switch (die->die_tag)
6146 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6147 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6148 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6149 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6150 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6151 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6152 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6153 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6154 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6155 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6156 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6157 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6158 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6159 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6160 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6161 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6162 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6163 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6170 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6171 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6172 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6173 compilations (functions). */
6176 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6178 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6179 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6180 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6181 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6183 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6186 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6187 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6188 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6189 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6191 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6193 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6196 return is_type_die (c);
6199 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6200 compilation unit. */
6203 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6205 return (is_type_die (c)
6206 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6207 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6208 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6212 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6216 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6217 return xstrdup (buf);
6220 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6223 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6227 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6229 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6231 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6233 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6234 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6235 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6238 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6241 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6242 assign_symbol_names (c);
6245 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6248 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6249 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6252 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6254 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6256 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6258 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6262 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6264 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6265 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6267 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6271 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6273 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6283 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6286 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6288 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6289 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6291 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6293 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6294 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6298 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6300 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6306 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6310 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6312 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6313 entry->next = *slot;
6319 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6321 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6323 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6325 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6326 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6330 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6333 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6334 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6335 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6338 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6341 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6342 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6343 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6345 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6347 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6349 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6350 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6352 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6355 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6356 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6357 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6358 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6360 add_child_die (unit, c);
6364 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6365 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6371 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6372 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6376 assign_symbol_names (die);
6377 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6378 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6384 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6385 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6386 &comdat_symbol_number);
6387 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6389 *pnode = node->next;
6392 pnode = &node->next;
6393 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6394 comdat_symbol_number);
6397 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6400 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6401 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6402 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6405 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6409 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6410 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6411 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6412 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6414 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6415 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6418 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6421 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6427 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6428 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6429 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6431 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6432 output_location_lists (c);
6436 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6437 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6438 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6439 die are visited recursively. */
6442 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6444 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6445 unsigned int n_alloc;
6450 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6451 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6452 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6453 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6454 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6456 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6458 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6461 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6463 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6464 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6468 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6470 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6473 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6474 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6477 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6479 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6480 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6481 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6491 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6493 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6495 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6496 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6497 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6499 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6500 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6501 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6504 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6505 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6508 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6509 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6510 build_abbrev_table (c);
6513 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6516 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6523 log = floor_log2 (value);
6526 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6531 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6532 .debug_info section. */
6534 static unsigned long
6535 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6537 unsigned long size = 0;
6541 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6542 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6544 switch (AT_class (a))
6546 case dw_val_class_addr:
6547 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6549 case dw_val_class_offset:
6550 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6552 case dw_val_class_loc:
6554 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6557 size += constant_size (lsize);
6561 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6562 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6564 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6565 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6567 case dw_val_class_const:
6568 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6570 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6571 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6573 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6574 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6576 case dw_val_class_vec:
6577 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6578 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6580 case dw_val_class_flag:
6583 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6584 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6585 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6587 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6589 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6590 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6592 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6593 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6595 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6596 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6597 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6599 case dw_val_class_str:
6600 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6601 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6603 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6613 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6614 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6615 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6616 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6619 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6623 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6624 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6626 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6629 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6630 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6631 next_die_offset += 1;
6634 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6635 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6636 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6637 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6640 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6644 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6647 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6651 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6654 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6658 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6661 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6665 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6668 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6678 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6679 unmark_all_dies (c);
6681 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6682 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6683 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6686 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6687 compilation unit. */
6689 static unsigned long
6690 size_of_pubnames (void)
6695 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6696 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6698 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6699 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6702 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6706 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6708 static unsigned long
6709 size_of_aranges (void)
6713 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6715 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6716 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6717 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6719 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6720 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6724 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6726 static enum dwarf_form
6727 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6729 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6731 case dw_val_class_addr:
6732 return DW_FORM_addr;
6733 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6734 case dw_val_class_offset:
6735 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6736 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6739 return DW_FORM_data4;
6741 return DW_FORM_data8;
6745 case dw_val_class_loc:
6746 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6749 return DW_FORM_block1;
6751 return DW_FORM_block2;
6755 case dw_val_class_const:
6756 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6757 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6758 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6761 return DW_FORM_data1;
6763 return DW_FORM_data2;
6765 return DW_FORM_data4;
6767 return DW_FORM_data8;
6771 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6772 return DW_FORM_block1;
6773 case dw_val_class_vec:
6774 return DW_FORM_block1;
6775 case dw_val_class_flag:
6776 return DW_FORM_flag;
6777 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6778 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6779 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6782 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6783 return DW_FORM_data;
6784 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6785 return DW_FORM_addr;
6786 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6787 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6788 return DW_FORM_data;
6789 case dw_val_class_str:
6790 return AT_string_form (a);
6797 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6800 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6802 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6807 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6811 output_abbrev_section (void)
6813 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6815 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6817 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6821 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6822 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6823 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6825 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6830 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
6833 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6834 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6835 output_value_format (a_attr);
6838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6839 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6842 /* Terminate the table. */
6843 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6846 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6849 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6851 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6856 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6857 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6858 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6860 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6862 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6865 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6866 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6867 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6869 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6870 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6871 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6873 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6875 retlist->begin = begin;
6877 retlist->expr = expr;
6878 retlist->section = section;
6880 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6885 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6888 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6889 const char *begin, const char *end,
6890 const char *section)
6894 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6895 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6898 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6899 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6903 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6909 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6910 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6911 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6912 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6913 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6914 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6915 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
6918 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6921 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6923 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6925 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6927 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6928 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6931 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
6933 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6934 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6935 list_head->ll_symbol);
6936 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6937 "Location list end address (%s)",
6938 list_head->ll_symbol);
6942 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6943 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6944 list_head->ll_symbol);
6945 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6946 "Location list end address (%s)",
6947 list_head->ll_symbol);
6949 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6951 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6952 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6953 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6955 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6958 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6959 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6960 list_head->ll_symbol);
6961 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6962 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6963 list_head->ll_symbol);
6966 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6967 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6970 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6977 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6978 them to point to. */
6979 if (die->die_symbol)
6980 output_die_symbol (die);
6982 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6983 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6985 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6987 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6989 switch (AT_class (a))
6991 case dw_val_class_addr:
6992 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6995 case dw_val_class_offset:
6996 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7000 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7002 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7004 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7005 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7006 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7007 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7012 case dw_val_class_loc:
7013 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7015 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7016 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7018 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7021 case dw_val_class_const:
7022 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7023 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7024 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7025 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7028 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7029 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7030 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7033 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7035 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7037 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7038 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7041 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7043 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7044 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7048 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7049 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7052 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7053 first, "long long constant");
7054 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7059 case dw_val_class_vec:
7061 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7062 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7067 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7072 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7075 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7076 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7080 case dw_val_class_flag:
7081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7084 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7086 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7089 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7094 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7095 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7097 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7100 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7105 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7106 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7111 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7115 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7116 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7117 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7122 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7123 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7126 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7127 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7128 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7131 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7132 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7133 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7136 case dw_val_class_str:
7137 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7138 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7139 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7141 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7143 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7151 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7154 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7155 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7156 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7160 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7161 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7164 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7166 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7167 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7168 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7169 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7170 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7171 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7172 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7173 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7174 debug_abbrev_section,
7175 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7176 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7179 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7182 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7184 const char *secname;
7187 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7188 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7191 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7192 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7193 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7194 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7195 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7198 build_abbrev_table (die);
7200 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7201 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7202 calc_die_sizes (die);
7204 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7207 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7209 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7211 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7212 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7215 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7217 /* Output debugging information. */
7218 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7221 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7226 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7230 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7231 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7232 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7235 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7237 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7240 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7243 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7247 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7250 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7252 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7254 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7255 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7256 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7257 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7260 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7262 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7265 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7266 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7267 visible procedures. */
7270 output_pubnames (void)
7273 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7275 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7276 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7277 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7278 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7279 "Length of Public Names Info");
7280 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7281 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7283 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7284 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7285 "Compilation Unit Length");
7287 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7289 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7291 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7292 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7294 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7297 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7300 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7303 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7306 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7308 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7311 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7313 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7314 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7315 (arange_table_allocated
7316 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7317 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7318 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7321 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7324 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7325 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7326 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7329 output_aranges (void)
7332 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7334 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7335 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7336 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7337 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7338 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7339 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7340 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7342 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7344 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7346 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7347 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7349 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7351 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7352 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7353 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7354 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7357 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7358 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7359 text_section_label, "Length");
7360 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7362 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7364 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7365 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7368 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7370 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7372 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7373 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7375 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7377 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7379 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7380 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7384 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7385 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7386 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7387 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7388 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7390 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7393 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7395 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7396 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7397 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7398 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7403 /* Output the terminator words. */
7404 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7405 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7408 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7412 add_ranges (tree block)
7414 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7416 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7418 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7420 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7421 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7422 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7423 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7426 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7427 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7429 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7433 output_ranges (void)
7436 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7437 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7439 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7441 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7445 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7446 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7448 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7449 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7451 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7452 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7453 base of the text section. */
7454 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7456 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7458 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7459 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7460 text_section_label, NULL);
7463 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7464 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7465 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7466 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7469 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7470 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7471 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7478 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7479 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7485 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7488 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7489 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7490 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7491 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7492 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7495 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7499 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7500 int length; /* Path length. */
7501 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7502 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7503 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7504 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7507 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7508 the directories in the path. */
7511 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7513 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7514 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7518 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7519 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7520 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7521 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7522 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7523 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7524 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7526 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7527 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7533 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7534 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7535 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7536 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7537 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7539 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7540 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7545 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7546 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7547 slowdowns with many input files. */
7550 output_file_names (void)
7552 struct file_info *files;
7553 struct dir_info *dirs;
7562 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7563 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7565 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7570 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7571 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7572 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7574 /* Sort the file names. */
7575 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7579 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7580 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7581 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7584 /* Create a new array entry. */
7586 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7587 files[i].file_idx = i;
7589 /* Search for the file name part. */
7590 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7591 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7594 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7595 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7597 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7598 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7599 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7600 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7602 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7604 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7607 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7608 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7609 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7610 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7612 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7613 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7614 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7620 /* This is a new directory. */
7621 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7622 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7623 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7624 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7625 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7626 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7628 /* Search for a prefix. */
7629 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7630 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7631 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7632 && dirs[j].length > 1
7633 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7634 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7635 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7636 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7641 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7642 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7643 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7644 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7645 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7646 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7647 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7648 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7650 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7651 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7656 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7657 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7658 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7659 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7661 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7664 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7666 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7671 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7676 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7677 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7679 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7680 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7685 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7687 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7689 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7690 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7691 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7693 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7694 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7696 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7697 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7702 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7703 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7704 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7705 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7706 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7708 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7710 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7711 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7714 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7715 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7716 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7717 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7718 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7720 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7721 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7722 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7724 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7725 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7726 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7729 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7731 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7733 if (idx_offset == 0)
7736 /* Now write all the file names. */
7737 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7739 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7740 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7742 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7743 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7745 /* Include directory index. */
7746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7748 /* Modification time. */
7749 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7751 /* File length in bytes. */
7752 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7755 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7759 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7760 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7763 output_line_info (void)
7765 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7766 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7767 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7770 unsigned long lt_index;
7771 unsigned long current_line;
7774 unsigned long current_file;
7775 unsigned long function;
7777 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7778 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7779 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7780 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7782 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7783 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7784 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7785 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7786 "Length of Source Line Info");
7787 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7789 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7790 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7793 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7794 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7795 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7796 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7797 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7798 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7799 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7800 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7802 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7805 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7807 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7809 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7811 "Special Opcode Base");
7813 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7817 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7818 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7819 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7820 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7821 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7833 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7834 output_file_names ();
7835 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7837 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7838 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7839 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7841 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7842 a series of state machine operations. */
7846 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
7847 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7849 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7850 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7852 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7855 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7856 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7859 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7860 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7861 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7862 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7863 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7867 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7869 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7870 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7871 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7872 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7873 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7874 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7879 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7880 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7881 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7882 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7886 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7887 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7888 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7889 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7891 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7894 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7896 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7897 different from the previous line. */
7898 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7900 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7901 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7902 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7903 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7907 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7908 that uses the least amount of space. */
7909 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7911 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7912 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7913 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7914 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7915 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7916 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7919 "line %lu", current_line);
7922 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7923 depending on the value being encoded. */
7924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7925 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7926 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7927 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7931 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7932 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7935 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7939 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7940 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7945 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7947 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7951 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7957 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7959 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7960 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7963 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7964 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7965 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7966 && line_info->function == function)
7970 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7971 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7972 to handle it differently. */
7973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7975 if (function != line_info->function)
7977 function = line_info->function;
7979 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7981 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7982 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7983 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7987 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7990 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7991 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7992 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7996 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7997 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7998 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7999 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8003 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8005 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8006 different from the previous line. */
8007 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8009 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8010 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8011 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
8012 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
8016 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8017 that uses the least amount of space. */
8018 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8020 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8021 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8022 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8023 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8025 "line %lu", current_line);
8028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8029 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8030 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8035 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8043 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8044 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8045 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8050 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8051 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8055 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8056 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8061 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8063 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8066 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8068 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8073 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8077 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8078 a DIE that describes the given type.
8080 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8081 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8084 base_type_die (tree type)
8086 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8087 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8089 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8092 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8095 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8097 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8098 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8100 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8102 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8103 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8105 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8109 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8110 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8112 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8115 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8116 a user defined type for it. */
8118 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8119 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8121 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8125 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8126 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8130 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8134 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8136 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8137 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8138 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8140 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8141 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8142 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8144 return base_type_result;
8147 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8148 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8149 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8150 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8151 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8152 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8153 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8154 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8157 root_type (tree type)
8159 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8160 return error_mark_node;
8162 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8165 return error_mark_node;
8168 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8169 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8172 return type_main_variant (type);
8176 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8177 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8180 is_base_type (tree type)
8182 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8195 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8200 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8213 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8214 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8215 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8216 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8219 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8220 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8222 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8223 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8224 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8226 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8227 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8229 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8232 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8233 emitted as a subrange type. */
8236 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8238 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8240 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8241 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8242 or an enumeral type. */
8244 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8245 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8248 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8249 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8252 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8253 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8254 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8255 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8256 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8257 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8258 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8259 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8261 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8262 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8263 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8264 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8265 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8266 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8267 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8268 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8269 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8270 keep checking the actual size. */
8271 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8272 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8274 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8275 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8277 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8278 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8280 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8287 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8288 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8291 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8293 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8294 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8296 if (context_die == NULL)
8297 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8299 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8301 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8303 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8304 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8305 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8308 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8309 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8310 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8311 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8312 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8313 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8315 return subrange_die;
8318 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8319 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8322 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8323 dw_die_ref context_die)
8325 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8326 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8327 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8328 tree item_type = NULL;
8329 tree qualified_type;
8332 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8335 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8338 = get_qualified_type (type,
8339 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8340 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8342 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8345 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8347 return mod_type_die;
8350 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8352 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8353 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8355 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8357 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8359 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8360 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8361 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8363 else if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
8364 && (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8365 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)))
8366 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8367 type to which it refers. */
8368 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8369 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8371 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8376 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8377 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8379 else if (is_volatile_type)
8381 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8382 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8384 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8386 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8387 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8388 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8389 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8391 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8393 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8394 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8395 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8396 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8398 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8400 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8401 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8403 else if (is_base_type (type))
8404 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8407 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8409 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8410 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8411 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8412 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8413 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8415 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8416 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8418 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8419 not the main variant. */
8420 return lookup_type_die (type);
8423 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8424 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8425 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8427 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL || TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type))
8429 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8430 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8431 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8432 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8433 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8434 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8438 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8441 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8442 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8443 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8444 types are possible in Ada. */
8445 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8446 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8447 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8450 if (sub_die != NULL)
8451 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8453 return mod_type_die;
8456 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8457 an enumerated type. */
8460 type_is_enum (tree type)
8462 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8465 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8468 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8470 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8472 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8474 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8475 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8478 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8481 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8482 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8483 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8486 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8488 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8490 if (*list_head != NULL)
8492 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8493 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8496 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8497 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8501 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8502 zero if there is none. */
8504 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8505 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8509 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8512 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8514 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8515 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8517 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8520 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8521 a given hard register number. */
8523 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8524 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8527 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8529 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8532 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8533 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8535 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8536 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8540 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8543 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8544 reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8546 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8547 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8549 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8550 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8552 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8559 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8560 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8561 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8567 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8569 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8571 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8574 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8578 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8579 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8580 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8581 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8586 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8588 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8589 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8591 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8593 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8594 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8598 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8601 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8603 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8613 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8615 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8616 || i >= -0x80000000)
8622 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8625 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8627 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8628 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8632 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8633 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8634 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8635 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8636 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8638 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8642 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8644 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8645 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8647 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8648 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8649 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
8651 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8655 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8657 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8659 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8662 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8665 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8667 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8668 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8669 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8670 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8673 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8674 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8675 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8676 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8678 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8679 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8680 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8681 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8683 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8684 autoincrement addressing modes.
8686 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8687 location list for RTL.
8689 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8692 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8694 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8695 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8697 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8698 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8699 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8700 zeroth element of the array. */
8702 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8704 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8709 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8710 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8712 /* ... fall through ... */
8715 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8716 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8717 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8718 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8719 contains the given subreg. */
8720 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8722 /* ... fall through ... */
8725 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8726 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8727 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8728 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8729 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8730 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8731 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8732 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8733 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8734 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8735 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8736 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8737 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8738 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8739 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8743 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8744 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8745 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8749 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8751 /* ... fall through ... */
8754 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8755 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8759 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8760 by a different symbol. */
8761 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8764 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8766 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8769 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8770 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8775 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8776 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8777 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8778 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8783 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8784 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8785 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8786 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8790 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8792 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8797 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8799 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8800 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8801 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8802 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8804 /* ... fall through ... */
8808 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8809 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8810 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8813 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8814 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8817 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8818 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8819 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8820 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8821 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8824 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8825 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8826 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8827 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8832 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8833 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8852 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8853 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8855 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8858 mem_loc_result = op0;
8859 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8860 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8865 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8872 return mem_loc_result;
8875 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8876 This is typically a complex variable. */
8878 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8879 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8881 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8882 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8883 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8885 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8888 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8889 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8891 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8892 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8894 return cc_loc_result;
8897 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8898 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8899 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8900 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8901 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8903 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8905 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8906 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8908 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8910 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8913 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8914 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8915 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8916 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8917 contains the given subreg. */
8918 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8920 /* ... fall through ... */
8923 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8927 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8931 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8936 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8938 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8942 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8947 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8948 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8949 enum machine_mode mode;
8952 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8953 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8954 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8955 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8956 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8958 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8960 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8961 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8962 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8963 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8975 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8976 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8977 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8978 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8979 the value of LOC. */
8981 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8982 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8984 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8985 int have_address = 0;
8986 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8988 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8989 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8992 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8997 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8998 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8999 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9000 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9001 the names of types. */
9007 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9008 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9009 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9010 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9011 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9015 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9019 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9020 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9023 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9027 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9028 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9031 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9032 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9033 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9036 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9037 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9042 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9043 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9046 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9047 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9048 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9050 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9051 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9059 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9060 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9066 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9068 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9070 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9072 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9073 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9074 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9075 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9077 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9079 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9081 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9082 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9083 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9087 enum machine_mode mode;
9089 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9090 if (want_address == 2)
9091 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9093 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9096 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9099 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9105 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9110 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9114 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9115 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9118 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9123 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9126 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9127 enum machine_mode mode;
9129 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9131 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9132 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9137 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9139 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9142 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9144 /* Variable offset. */
9145 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9146 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9149 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9151 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9152 else if (bytepos < 0)
9154 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9155 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9163 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9164 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9171 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9172 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9173 enum machine_mode mode;
9175 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9177 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9178 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9179 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9184 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9185 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9190 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9196 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9201 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9203 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9204 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9212 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9214 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9215 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9228 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9232 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9233 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9235 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9239 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9240 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9241 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9251 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9258 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9265 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9272 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9287 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9288 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9289 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9292 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9293 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9296 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9310 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9314 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9320 const enum tree_code code =
9321 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9323 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9324 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9325 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9326 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9329 /* ... fall through ... */
9333 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9334 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9335 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9336 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9337 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9339 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9340 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9343 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9344 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9346 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9347 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9348 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9350 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9351 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9352 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9354 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9355 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9356 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9357 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9358 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9362 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9364 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9365 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9369 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9370 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9371 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9372 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9375 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9376 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9377 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9380 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9381 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9386 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9387 if (want_address && !have_address)
9390 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9391 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9393 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9395 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9397 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9400 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9402 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9408 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9409 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9411 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9414 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9415 which is not less than the value itself. */
9417 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9418 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9420 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9423 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9424 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9425 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9429 field_type (tree decl)
9433 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9434 return integer_type_node;
9436 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9437 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9438 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9443 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9444 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9445 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9447 static inline unsigned
9448 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9450 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9453 static inline unsigned
9454 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9456 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9459 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9460 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9461 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9462 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9463 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9466 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9467 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9469 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9470 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9471 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9472 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9474 tree field_size_tree;
9475 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9476 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9477 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9479 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9482 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9484 type = field_type (decl);
9485 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9487 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9488 a flexible array member. */
9489 if (! field_size_tree)
9490 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9492 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9493 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9494 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9495 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9498 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9500 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9501 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9502 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9504 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9506 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9507 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9508 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9510 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9511 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9512 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9513 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9514 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9515 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9516 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9517 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9519 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9521 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9522 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9523 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9524 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9525 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9526 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9527 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9528 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9529 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9530 bits of the bit-field itself.
9532 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9533 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9534 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9535 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9536 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9537 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9538 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9539 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9540 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9542 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9543 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9544 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9545 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9546 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9547 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9549 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9550 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9551 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9553 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9554 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9555 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9557 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9558 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9559 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9560 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9562 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9564 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9565 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9567 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9568 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9569 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9570 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9573 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9576 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9577 associated with them. */
9579 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9581 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9582 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9583 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9586 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9587 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9590 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9593 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9594 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9595 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9596 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9597 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9598 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9601 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9602 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9603 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9604 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9605 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9606 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9607 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9608 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9609 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9613 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9616 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9618 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9620 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9621 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9623 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9624 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9625 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9626 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9628 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9630 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9632 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9634 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9635 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9636 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9638 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9639 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9640 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9642 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9643 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9644 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9646 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9647 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9648 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9649 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9651 /* Extract the offset. */
9652 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9653 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9655 /* Add it to the object address. */
9656 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9657 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9660 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9663 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9667 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9669 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9670 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9671 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9673 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9674 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9675 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9679 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9682 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9685 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9688 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9691 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9695 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9701 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9703 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9704 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9706 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9712 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9718 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9721 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9727 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9728 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9730 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9731 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9733 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9738 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9739 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9740 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9741 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9742 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9745 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9747 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9751 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9754 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9756 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9761 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9762 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9763 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9764 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9766 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9768 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9770 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9771 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9773 insert_float (rtl, array);
9774 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9778 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9779 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9781 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9782 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9789 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9790 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9791 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9792 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9796 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9798 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9799 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9801 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9802 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9804 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9812 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9813 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9820 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9821 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9824 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9825 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9827 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9828 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9833 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9834 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9839 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9840 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9842 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9843 insert_float (elt, p);
9851 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9856 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9862 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9863 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9867 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9868 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9869 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9870 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9871 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9872 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9873 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9874 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9875 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9876 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9877 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9881 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9887 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
9888 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
9891 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
9892 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9894 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
9897 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
9898 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
9904 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9905 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9908 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9912 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9913 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9914 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9916 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9917 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9918 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9920 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9922 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9923 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9924 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9925 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9926 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9927 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9928 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9930 /* Although DWARF could easily handle other kinds of aggregates, we
9931 have no way to represent such values as RTL constants, so skip
9933 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
9935 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9936 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
9937 reference variables which won't be output. */
9938 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
9939 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
9941 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9943 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9944 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9950 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9953 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9957 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9958 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9959 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9961 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9962 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9963 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9964 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9965 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9966 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9967 referenced within the function.
9969 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9970 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9971 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9972 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9974 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9975 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9976 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9977 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9978 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9979 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9981 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9982 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9983 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9984 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9985 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9986 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9987 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9988 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9989 output at debug-time.
9991 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9992 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9993 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9994 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9995 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9996 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9997 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9998 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9999 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10000 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10001 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10002 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10003 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10005 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10006 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10007 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10008 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10009 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10010 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10011 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10012 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10013 I'd like to fix it.
10015 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10016 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10017 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10018 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10019 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10020 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10021 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10022 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10023 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10024 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10025 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10027 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10028 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10030 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10031 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10032 fixed registers. */
10033 if (! reload_completed)
10036 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10038 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10040 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10041 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10043 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10048 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10050 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10052 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10053 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10054 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10055 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10057 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10058 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10059 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10060 if (dmode == pmode)
10061 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10062 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10063 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10064 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10066 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10069 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10071 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10072 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10073 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10074 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10081 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10082 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10083 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10084 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10085 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10086 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10088 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10089 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10090 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10091 /* Not passed in memory. */
10092 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10093 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10094 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10095 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10096 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10097 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10098 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10101 /* Big endian correction check. */
10102 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10103 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10104 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10107 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10108 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10110 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10111 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10114 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10117 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10118 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10120 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10121 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10123 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10124 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10125 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10126 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10127 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10128 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10130 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10131 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10134 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10135 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10136 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10137 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10138 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10141 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10143 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10144 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10145 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10147 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10152 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10153 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10154 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10155 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10156 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10157 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10159 static const char *
10160 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10162 const char *secname;
10164 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10166 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10167 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10169 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10171 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10172 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10174 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10175 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10177 secname = text_section_label;
10182 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10183 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10184 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10185 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10186 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10187 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10188 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10189 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10190 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10191 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10194 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10195 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10198 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10199 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10200 struct var_loc_node *node;
10201 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10204 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10205 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10207 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10208 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10210 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10212 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10214 const char *endname, *secname;
10215 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10218 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10219 actually construct the list of locations.
10220 The first location information is what is passed to the
10221 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10222 locations just get added on to that list.
10223 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10224 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10225 the range [current location start, next location start].
10226 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10227 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10229 node = loc_list->first;
10230 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10231 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10233 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10234 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10237 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10238 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10240 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10241 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10242 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10243 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10244 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10247 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10248 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10249 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10251 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10253 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10254 if (!current_function_decl)
10255 endname = text_end_label;
10258 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10259 current_function_funcdef_no);
10260 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10262 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10263 node->label, endname, secname);
10266 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10267 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10271 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10274 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10275 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10277 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10281 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10282 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10283 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10284 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10286 node = loc_list->first;
10287 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10290 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10295 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10296 description from the tree. */
10297 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10300 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10303 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10304 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10305 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10308 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10309 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10310 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10313 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10315 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10316 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10319 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10324 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10326 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10329 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10330 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10331 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10332 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10335 static dw_loc_list_ref
10336 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10339 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10341 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10342 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10344 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10346 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10350 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10351 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10352 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10353 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10355 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10357 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10358 advance opcodes. */
10359 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10360 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10362 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10363 last_label = start_label;
10365 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10366 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10368 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10369 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10370 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10371 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10373 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10374 start_label, last_label, section,
10377 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10378 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10379 start_label = last_label;
10381 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10384 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10385 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10386 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10387 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10388 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10389 if it were to be required. */
10390 gcc_unreachable ();
10393 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10397 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10399 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10400 start_label, last_label, section,
10402 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10403 start_label = last_label;
10405 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
10406 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
10412 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10413 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10414 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10415 before the latter is negated. */
10418 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10422 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10423 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10424 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10426 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10427 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10430 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10431 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10433 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10434 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10436 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10437 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10439 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
10442 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10443 the value of the attribute. */
10446 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10448 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10450 if (demangle_name_func)
10451 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10453 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10457 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10460 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10462 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10464 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10467 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10468 a representation for that bound. */
10471 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10473 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10478 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10480 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10481 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10482 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10483 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10484 /* Use the default. */
10487 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10492 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10493 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10494 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10504 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10506 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10507 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10508 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10509 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10510 later parameter. */
10511 if (decl_die != NULL)
10512 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10518 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10519 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10521 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10522 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10524 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10528 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10529 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10531 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10533 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10534 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10535 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10536 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10538 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10544 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10545 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10548 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10550 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10551 unsigned dimension_number;
10554 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10556 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10557 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10558 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10559 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10560 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10561 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10562 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10563 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10565 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10566 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10567 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10568 gen_array_type_die. */
10569 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10570 for (dimension_number = 0;
10571 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10572 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10575 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10577 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10578 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10580 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10583 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10584 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10585 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10587 /* Define the index type. */
10588 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10590 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10591 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10592 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10593 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10594 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10595 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10596 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10599 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10603 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10604 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10606 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10607 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10608 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10610 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10612 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10615 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10616 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10622 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10626 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10631 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10634 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10635 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10638 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10639 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10640 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10641 even for bit-fields. */
10642 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10645 gcc_unreachable ();
10648 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10649 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10650 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10651 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10652 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10655 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10656 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10657 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10660 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10661 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10662 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10663 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10664 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10665 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10667 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10668 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10669 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10672 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10674 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10675 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10676 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10677 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10678 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10679 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10681 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10682 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10684 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10685 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10686 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10687 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10688 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10691 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10693 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10694 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10695 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10696 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10697 below must take account of these differences. */
10698 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10699 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10701 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10703 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10704 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10708 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10709 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10710 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10712 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10715 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10716 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10719 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10721 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10722 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10723 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10725 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10726 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10729 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10730 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10733 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10735 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10736 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10737 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10740 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10741 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10745 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10747 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10749 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10751 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10752 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10753 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10755 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10756 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10760 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10762 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10764 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10767 if (DECL_P (origin))
10768 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10769 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10770 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10772 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10773 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10774 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10775 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10776 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10777 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10778 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10782 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10785 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10788 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10790 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10792 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10794 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10795 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10796 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10797 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10800 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10801 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10802 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10803 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10807 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10810 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10812 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10813 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10815 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10816 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10819 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10820 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10823 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10827 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10828 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10830 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10831 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10832 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10834 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10835 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10836 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10837 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10838 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
10839 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10840 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10843 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10844 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10845 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10846 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10848 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10849 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10850 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10855 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10858 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10860 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10863 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10866 pop_decl_scope (void)
10868 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10871 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10872 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10873 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10874 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10875 the current active scope. */
10878 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10880 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10881 tree containing_scope;
10884 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10885 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10887 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10889 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10890 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10892 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10895 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10898 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10899 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10900 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10901 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10902 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10904 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10905 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10906 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10908 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10909 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10910 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10911 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10912 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10917 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10918 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10920 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10921 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10924 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10927 scope_die = context_die;
10932 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10935 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10937 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10938 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10939 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10945 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10946 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10949 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10951 return (context_die
10952 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10953 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10954 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10957 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10958 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10959 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10962 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10963 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10965 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10966 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10968 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10969 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10970 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10971 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10972 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10973 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10974 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10976 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10977 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10978 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10979 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10980 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10983 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10984 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10985 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10988 if (type_die != NULL)
10989 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10992 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10993 function call type. */
10995 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10997 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10999 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11001 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11002 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11003 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11004 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11007 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11008 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11009 was declared without a tag. */
11011 static const char *
11012 type_tag (tree type)
11014 const char *name = 0;
11016 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11020 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11021 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11022 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11024 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11025 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11027 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11028 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11029 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11031 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11033 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11036 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11039 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11040 for bit field types. */
11043 member_declared_type (tree member)
11045 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11046 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11049 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11050 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11053 static const char *
11054 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11057 const char *fnname;
11059 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11060 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11063 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11065 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11070 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11071 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11072 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11075 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11077 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11078 dw_die_ref array_die;
11081 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11082 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11083 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11084 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11085 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11088 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11089 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11090 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11092 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11094 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11095 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11096 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11097 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11101 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11102 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11103 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11104 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11105 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11106 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11107 for multidimensional arrays. */
11108 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11111 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11112 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11113 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11114 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11115 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11118 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11120 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11121 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11123 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11124 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11125 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11126 add_subscript_info. */
11127 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11128 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11129 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11131 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11134 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11139 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11141 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11142 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11144 if (origin != NULL)
11145 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11148 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11149 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11150 0, 0, context_die);
11153 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11154 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11156 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11160 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11161 emit full debugging info for them. */
11164 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11168 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11169 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11172 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11175 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11177 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11179 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11180 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11181 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11184 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11187 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11189 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11191 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11192 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11193 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11196 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11199 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11201 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11203 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11204 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11205 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11208 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11209 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11210 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11214 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11216 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11218 if (type_die == NULL)
11220 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11221 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11222 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11223 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11225 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11228 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11230 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11231 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11232 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11233 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11237 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11238 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11239 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11240 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11242 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11243 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11244 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11245 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11247 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11248 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11250 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11251 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11253 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11254 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11256 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11257 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11258 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11259 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11260 values as if they were signed. That means that
11261 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11262 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11263 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11264 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11268 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11273 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11274 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11277 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11278 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11279 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11280 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11281 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11282 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11283 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11284 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11287 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11289 dw_die_ref parm_die
11290 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11293 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11295 case tcc_declaration:
11296 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11297 if (origin != NULL)
11298 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11301 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11302 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11303 TREE_READONLY (node),
11304 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11306 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11307 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11310 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11311 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11312 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11317 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11318 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11322 gcc_unreachable ();
11328 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11329 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11332 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11334 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11337 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11338 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11339 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11340 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11343 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11346 tree formal_type = NULL;
11347 tree first_parm_type;
11350 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11352 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11353 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11358 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11360 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11361 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11362 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11364 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11366 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11367 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11370 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11371 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11372 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11373 && link == first_parm_type)
11374 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11375 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11377 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11379 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11382 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11383 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11384 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11385 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11387 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11388 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11389 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11390 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11391 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11392 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11395 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11396 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11397 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11398 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11399 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11402 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11404 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11406 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11407 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11408 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11409 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11411 dw_die_ref type_die;
11412 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11414 push_decl_scope (type);
11415 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11416 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11417 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11418 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11420 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11421 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11422 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11423 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11424 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11426 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11427 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11431 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11437 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11438 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11441 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11443 dw_die_ref old_die;
11446 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11448 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11449 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11451 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11452 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11453 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11456 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11457 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11458 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11460 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11462 gen_type_die_for_member
11463 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11466 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11467 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11468 current_function_decl = decl;
11470 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11471 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11472 if (! was_abstract)
11473 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11475 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11478 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11479 htab_traverse_resize().
11481 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11482 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11484 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11490 die = lookup_type_die (type);
11492 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
11496 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11498 premark_used_types (void)
11500 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
11501 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
11504 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11508 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11510 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11511 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11512 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11515 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11516 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11517 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11519 premark_used_types();
11521 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11522 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11523 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11524 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11525 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11527 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11528 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11531 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11534 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11535 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11536 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11537 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11538 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11539 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11540 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11542 if (origin != NULL)
11544 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11546 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11547 inline function. */
11548 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11549 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11551 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11552 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11556 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11557 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11559 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11560 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11561 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11562 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11563 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11565 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11566 something we have already output. */
11570 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11571 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11572 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11573 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11574 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11575 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11576 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11577 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11578 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11579 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11580 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11581 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11583 subr_die = old_die;
11585 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11586 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11587 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11588 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11589 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11590 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11591 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11595 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11596 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11597 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11598 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11599 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11600 != (unsigned) s.line)
11602 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11607 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11609 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11610 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11612 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11613 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11615 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11616 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11617 0, 0, context_die);
11620 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11621 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11622 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11624 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11625 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11626 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11627 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11632 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11634 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11636 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11637 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11638 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11639 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11641 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11642 later reused to represent definition. */
11643 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11646 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11648 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11650 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11651 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11653 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11657 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11658 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11660 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11663 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11665 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11667 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
11669 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11670 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11672 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11674 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11675 current_function_funcdef_no);
11676 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11677 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11678 current_function_funcdef_no);
11679 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11681 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11682 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11685 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11686 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11687 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11689 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11690 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11691 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11692 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11694 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11695 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11696 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11700 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11701 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11702 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11705 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
11707 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11708 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11709 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11710 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11711 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11712 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11713 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11715 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11716 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11717 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11718 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11720 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
11721 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11722 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11724 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11727 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11728 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11729 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11730 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11731 by this displacement. */
11732 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
11734 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11735 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11736 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11739 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11740 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11741 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11742 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11743 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11744 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11745 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11746 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11747 an ellipsis at the end. */
11749 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11750 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11751 its formal parameters. */
11752 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11754 else if (declaration)
11755 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11758 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11759 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11762 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11763 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11764 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11765 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11767 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11768 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11769 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11770 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11772 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11775 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11776 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11777 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11778 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11779 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11780 parameters at all. */
11781 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11782 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11784 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11785 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11786 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11788 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11789 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11792 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11793 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11794 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11796 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11797 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11798 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11799 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11800 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11801 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11802 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11804 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11805 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11806 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11807 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11808 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11809 constructor function. */
11810 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11812 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11813 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11814 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11816 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11817 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11819 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11820 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11822 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11823 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11825 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11826 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11831 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11832 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11836 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11839 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11841 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11842 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11844 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11845 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11846 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11847 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11848 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11849 the program. For example, consider the C++
11853 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11858 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11860 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11861 definition is required, so the compiler will
11862 not emit a definition. */
11863 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11864 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11865 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11867 if (origin != NULL)
11868 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11870 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11871 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11873 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11874 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11877 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11879 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11880 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11881 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11883 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11884 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11886 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11887 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11888 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11890 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11891 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11893 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11894 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11896 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11897 != (unsigned) s.line)
11899 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11904 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11905 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11906 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11908 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11909 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11911 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11912 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11914 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11915 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11916 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11917 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11921 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11923 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11924 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11926 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11928 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11929 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11932 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11935 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11938 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11940 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11941 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11943 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11945 if (origin != NULL)
11946 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11948 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11950 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11951 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11954 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11956 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11957 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11958 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11962 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11964 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11965 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11966 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11967 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11968 it if it ever does happen. */
11969 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11971 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11972 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11977 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11978 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11979 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11982 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11984 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11985 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11987 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11988 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11991 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11992 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11995 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11997 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11999 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12003 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12005 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12008 add_ranges (chain);
12009 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12016 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12017 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12018 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12020 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12021 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12025 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12028 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12030 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12032 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12033 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12035 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12038 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12041 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12043 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12045 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12046 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12047 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12048 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12049 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12051 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12053 dw_die_ref subr_die
12054 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12056 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12057 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12058 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12060 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12061 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12064 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12065 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12066 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12067 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12068 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12069 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12070 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12071 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12072 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12073 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12074 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12076 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12079 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12082 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12084 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12086 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12089 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12090 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12091 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12092 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12095 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12097 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12098 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12099 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12102 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12103 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12105 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12106 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12108 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12109 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12110 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12111 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12113 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12114 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12118 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12119 Use modified_type_die instead.
12120 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12121 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12124 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12127 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12129 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12130 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12131 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12134 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12135 Use modified_type_die instead.
12136 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12137 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12140 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12143 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12145 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12146 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12147 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12151 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12154 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12157 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12158 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12160 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12161 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12162 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12163 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12166 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12169 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12172 char producer[250];
12173 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12176 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12180 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12181 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12182 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12183 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12186 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12188 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12189 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12190 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12191 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12192 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12193 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12194 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12195 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12196 strcat (producer, " -g");
12199 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12201 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12202 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12203 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12204 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12205 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12206 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12207 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12208 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12209 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12210 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12211 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12212 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12213 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12214 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
12215 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12216 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
12218 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12220 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12224 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12227 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12229 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12231 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12232 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12234 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12235 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12237 if (access == access_public_node)
12238 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12239 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12240 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12243 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12246 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12249 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12252 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12253 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12254 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12255 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12256 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12257 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12258 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12259 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12260 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12261 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12262 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12264 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12267 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12271 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12272 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12273 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12274 : access_public_node), context_die);
12277 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12278 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12280 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12281 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12282 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12283 do put them in the right order. */
12285 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12287 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12289 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12292 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12293 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12295 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12296 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12299 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12301 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12303 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12307 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12308 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12309 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12312 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12314 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12315 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12317 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12318 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12319 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12320 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12322 if (type_die && ! complete)
12325 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12326 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12327 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12330 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12332 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12333 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12335 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12337 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12338 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12340 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12342 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12344 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12347 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12349 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12350 then give a list of members. */
12351 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12353 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12354 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12355 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12356 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12357 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12358 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12360 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12361 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12362 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12363 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12365 push_decl_scope (type);
12366 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12369 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12370 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12372 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12374 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12375 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12376 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12381 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12383 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12384 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12385 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12386 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12390 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12393 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12395 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12396 dw_die_ref subr_die
12397 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12398 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12400 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12401 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12402 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12403 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12406 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12409 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12411 dw_die_ref type_die;
12414 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12417 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12418 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12419 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12420 if (origin != NULL)
12421 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12426 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12427 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12429 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12431 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12432 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12435 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12437 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12438 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12441 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12442 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12445 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12448 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12452 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12455 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12456 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12458 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12461 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12462 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12464 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12465 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12469 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12470 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12471 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12472 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12473 cloned type itself). */
12474 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12475 type = type_main_variant (type);
12477 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12480 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12486 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12487 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12488 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12489 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12490 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12492 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12494 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12495 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12496 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12500 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12501 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12502 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12504 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12505 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12507 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12509 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12512 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12513 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12514 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12515 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12519 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12520 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12521 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12525 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12529 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12532 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12535 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12536 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12537 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12538 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12539 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12540 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12541 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12542 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12543 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12544 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12546 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12548 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12551 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12552 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12553 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12558 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12562 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12563 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12565 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12570 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12571 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12572 when appropriate. */
12580 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12584 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12588 gcc_unreachable ();
12591 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12594 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12597 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12599 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12602 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12603 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12604 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12606 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12608 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12609 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12611 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12616 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12617 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12621 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12625 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12626 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12630 gcc_unreachable ();
12634 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12635 things which are local to the given block. */
12638 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12640 int must_output_die = 0;
12643 enum tree_code origin_code;
12645 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12646 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12649 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12650 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12651 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12652 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12656 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12657 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12662 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12663 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12664 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12665 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12666 the current block. */
12667 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12668 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12670 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12672 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12673 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12674 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12675 must_output_die = 1;
12678 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12679 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12680 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12681 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12682 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12683 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12684 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12685 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12687 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12688 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12689 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12690 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12691 as being a "significant" one. */
12692 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12693 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12694 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12695 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12697 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12698 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12699 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12700 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12701 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12702 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12704 must_output_die = 1;
12710 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12711 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12712 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12713 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12714 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12715 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12716 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12717 if (must_output_die)
12719 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12720 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12722 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12725 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12728 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12729 all of its sub-blocks. */
12732 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12737 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12738 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12741 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12743 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12744 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12745 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12746 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12747 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12751 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12752 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12753 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12754 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12758 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12759 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12760 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12761 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12762 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12763 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12766 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12770 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12771 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12774 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12775 therein) of this block. */
12776 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12778 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12779 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12782 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12785 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12787 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12790 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12791 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12792 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12793 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12794 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12795 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12801 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12804 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12806 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12807 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12808 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12809 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12812 dw_die_ref context_die;
12813 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12816 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12817 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12818 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12820 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12823 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12825 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12829 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12831 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12832 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12833 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12834 declaration die. */
12835 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12836 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12837 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12838 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12842 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12843 gen_decl_die() call. */
12844 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12845 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12846 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12847 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12850 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12851 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12855 gcc_unreachable ();
12858 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12860 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12861 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12867 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12870 force_type_die (tree type)
12872 dw_die_ref type_die;
12874 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12877 dw_die_ref context_die;
12878 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12880 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12881 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12883 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12886 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12888 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12891 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12892 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12893 gcc_assert (type_die);
12898 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12899 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12902 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12904 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12905 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12906 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12907 /* Force out the namespace. */
12908 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12910 return context_die;
12913 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12914 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12916 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12917 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12920 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12922 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12924 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12927 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12928 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12929 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12930 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12933 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12935 if (ns_context != context_die)
12937 if (DECL_P (thing))
12938 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12940 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12944 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12947 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12949 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12951 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12952 they are an alias of. */
12953 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12955 /* Output a real namespace. */
12956 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12957 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12958 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12959 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12963 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12965 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12966 dw_die_ref origin_die
12967 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12969 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12970 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12971 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12972 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12973 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12974 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12978 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12981 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12985 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12988 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12994 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12995 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12998 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12999 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13000 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13001 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13002 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13007 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13008 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13009 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13010 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13013 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13014 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13015 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13017 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13018 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13019 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13020 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13021 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13022 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13023 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13024 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13025 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13027 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13028 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13031 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13032 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13034 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13035 have described its return type. */
13036 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13038 /* And its virtual context. */
13039 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13040 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13042 /* And its containing type. */
13043 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13044 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13045 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13047 /* And its containing namespace. */
13048 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13051 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13052 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13056 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13057 actual typedefs. */
13058 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13061 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13062 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13063 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13064 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13065 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13066 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13067 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13069 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13073 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13074 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13076 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13077 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13081 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13082 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13087 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13088 variable declarations or definitions. */
13089 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13092 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13094 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13096 /* And its containing type. */
13097 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13098 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13099 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13101 /* And its containing namespace. */
13102 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13104 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13105 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13106 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13108 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13109 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13110 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13112 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13116 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13117 anonymous unions and structs. */
13118 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13119 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13120 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13122 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13123 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13128 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13129 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13132 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13133 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13137 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13138 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13143 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13144 compilation proper has finished. */
13147 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13149 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13150 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13151 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13152 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13153 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13154 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13157 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13158 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13160 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13163 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13166 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13169 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13171 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13172 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13173 unsigned file_index;
13174 expanded_location xloc;
13176 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13181 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13182 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13185 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13186 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13188 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13189 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13190 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13192 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13194 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13195 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13196 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13199 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13200 if (!at_import_die)
13202 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13203 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13204 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13206 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13207 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13209 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13210 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13211 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13213 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13215 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13216 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13218 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13222 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13223 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13224 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13226 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13228 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13229 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13230 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13231 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13232 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13235 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13238 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13240 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13242 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13247 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13248 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13249 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13250 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13251 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13252 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13253 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13254 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13255 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13256 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13257 with the definition of the function.
13259 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13260 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13261 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13262 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13263 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13264 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13265 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13266 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13267 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13268 that they *are* definitions).
13270 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13271 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13272 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13273 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13274 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13275 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13278 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13279 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13280 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13281 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13282 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13283 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13284 context_die = NULL;
13288 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13289 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13290 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13291 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13292 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13293 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13294 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13295 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13296 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13299 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13300 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13301 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13303 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13304 variable declarations or definitions. */
13305 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13309 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13310 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13312 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13317 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13318 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13321 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13322 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13323 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13325 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13326 comparisons have. */
13328 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13329 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13330 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13335 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13336 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13339 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13340 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13341 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13342 context_die = NULL;
13350 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13353 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13354 a lexical block. */
13357 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13358 unsigned int blocknum)
13360 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13361 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13364 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13368 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13370 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13371 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13374 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13375 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13377 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13378 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13379 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13382 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13386 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13387 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13388 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13394 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13395 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13396 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13397 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13398 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13399 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13400 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13401 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13402 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13406 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13409 char *save_file_name;
13411 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13412 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13413 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13416 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13417 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13418 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13421 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13422 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13423 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13424 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13426 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13430 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13431 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13432 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13433 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13434 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13436 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13437 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13438 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13439 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13441 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13442 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13447 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13448 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13449 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13450 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13451 types, which may include filenames. */
13454 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13456 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13458 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13460 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13461 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13462 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13463 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13464 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13465 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13467 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13473 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13476 init_file_table (void)
13478 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13479 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13480 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13482 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13483 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13484 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13485 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13488 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13489 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13490 our lookup table. */
13493 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13495 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13496 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13498 static rtx last_insn;
13499 static const char *last_label;
13502 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13504 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13506 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13507 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13508 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13510 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13511 && last_insn == prev_insn
13512 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13513 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13515 newloc->label = last_label;
13519 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13520 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13522 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13524 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13525 newloc->next = NULL;
13527 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13528 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13530 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13532 last_insn = loc_note;
13533 last_label = newloc->label;
13534 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13535 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13536 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13537 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13538 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13541 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13542 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13543 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13544 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13547 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
13549 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13551 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
13552 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
13555 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13556 and record information relating to this source line, in
13557 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13560 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13562 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13565 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13567 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13568 if (flag_debug_asm)
13569 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13572 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13574 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13576 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13578 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13579 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13581 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13582 line_info_table_in_use++;
13584 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
13586 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13587 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13588 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13590 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13591 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13592 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13594 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13595 separate_line_info_table
13596 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13597 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13598 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13599 memset (separate_line_info_table
13600 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13602 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13603 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13606 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13608 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13609 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13610 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13611 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13615 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13617 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13618 line_info_table_in_use);
13620 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13621 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13623 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13625 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13626 (line_info_table_allocated
13627 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13628 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13629 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13632 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13633 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13634 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13635 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13640 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13643 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13645 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13647 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13648 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13650 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13651 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13654 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13658 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13663 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13664 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13668 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13671 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13673 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13674 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13675 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13677 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13679 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13680 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13684 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13685 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13686 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13689 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13690 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13692 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13694 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13696 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13697 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13701 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13702 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13703 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13706 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13707 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13709 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13711 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13713 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13714 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13718 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13721 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13723 init_file_table ();
13725 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13726 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13727 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13729 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13730 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13731 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13733 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13734 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13736 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13737 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13738 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13739 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13740 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13741 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13743 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13744 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13745 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13746 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13748 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13749 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13751 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13752 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13753 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13754 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13755 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13756 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13757 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13759 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13761 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13763 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
13764 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13765 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
13766 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13767 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
13768 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13769 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
13770 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13771 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
13772 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13773 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
13774 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13775 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
13776 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13777 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
13778 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
13779 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
13780 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13781 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
13782 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13785 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13786 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13787 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13788 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13789 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13790 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13792 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13793 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13794 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13795 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13796 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13797 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13798 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
13799 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13800 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
13801 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13802 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
13803 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13805 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13807 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13808 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13809 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13813 switch_to_section (text_section);
13814 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13815 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13817 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
13818 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13822 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13823 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13826 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13828 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13830 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13832 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
13833 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13834 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13842 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13843 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13846 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13850 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13851 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13855 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13856 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13859 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13864 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
13866 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13868 /* A reference to another DIE.
13869 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13870 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13872 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13874 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13875 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13876 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13878 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
13879 accounts properly for it. */
13880 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
13881 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
13886 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13887 to DIE's children. */
13890 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13894 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13896 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13899 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13900 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13901 if (die->die_parent)
13902 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13904 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13905 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13907 /* If this node is a specification,
13908 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13909 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13910 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13913 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13915 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13916 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13920 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13922 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13923 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13924 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13925 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13927 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13933 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13936 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13940 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13944 switch (die->die_tag) {
13945 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13946 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13947 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13948 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13949 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13950 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13951 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13952 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13953 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13954 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13955 case DW_TAG_friend:
13956 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13957 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13958 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13959 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13960 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13961 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13962 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13963 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13964 if (die->die_perennial_p)
13967 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13971 /* Mark everything else. */
13977 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13978 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13980 /* Mark children. */
13981 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13982 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13985 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
13989 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
13994 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
13995 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
13997 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
13999 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14000 twice in the hash table. */
14002 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
14005 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
14006 htab_hash_string (s->str),
14008 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
14014 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14017 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14021 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14023 p = &die->die_child;
14027 if (c && ! c->die_mark)
14031 } while (c && ! c->die_mark);
14037 prune_unused_types_update_strings (c);
14038 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14045 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14048 prune_unused_types (void)
14051 limbo_die_node *node;
14053 /* Clear all the marks. */
14054 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14055 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14056 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14058 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14059 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14060 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14061 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14063 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14064 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14065 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
14066 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
14067 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14068 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14070 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14071 if (debug_str_hash)
14072 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
14073 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14074 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14075 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14077 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14078 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14079 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14080 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14083 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14084 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14087 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14089 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14090 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14092 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14093 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14094 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14095 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14096 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14097 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14100 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
14101 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14102 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14103 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14105 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14110 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14111 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14112 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14113 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14115 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14117 next_node = node->next;
14120 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14122 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14125 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14126 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14128 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14129 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14130 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14133 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14134 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14135 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14136 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14137 this to be a child of the containing function.
14139 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14140 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14141 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14142 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14143 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14145 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14147 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14148 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14149 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14150 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14152 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14154 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14156 add_child_die (origin, die);
14158 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14163 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14165 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14166 emit full debugging info for them. */
14167 retry_incomplete_types ();
14169 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14170 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14171 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14173 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14174 prune_unused_types ();
14176 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14177 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14178 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14179 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14181 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14182 that have children. */
14183 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14184 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14185 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14187 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14188 switch_to_section (text_section);
14189 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14190 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14192 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14193 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14196 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14197 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14198 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14199 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14200 examining the file. */
14201 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14203 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14204 output_line_info ();
14207 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14209 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14211 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14212 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14215 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14216 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14217 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14218 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14220 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14221 if (have_location_lists)
14223 /* Output the location lists info. */
14224 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14225 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14226 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14227 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14228 output_location_lists (die);
14231 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14232 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14233 debug_line_section_label);
14235 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14236 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14238 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14239 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14240 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14241 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14243 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14245 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14246 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14247 output_abbrev_section ();
14249 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14250 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14252 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14253 output_pubnames ();
14256 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14257 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14258 if (fde_table_in_use)
14260 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14264 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14265 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14267 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14268 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14272 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14273 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14275 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14279 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14281 if (debug_str_hash)
14282 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14286 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14287 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14289 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14291 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"